Operating instructions

Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Osnovne upute
za uporabu
Digitalni fotoaparat
Model br. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Prije uporabe proizvoda pažljivo pročitajte ove upute i spremite priručnik za buduću
uporabu.



 

• Uređaj je u stanju čekanja kad je priključen prilagodnik za izmjeničnu struju. Primarni je
sklop pod naponom sve dok je prilagodnik za izmjeničnu struju uključen u strujnu utičnicu.

Tvrtka "Panasonic Corporation" ovime izjavljuje da je ovaj proizvod u skladu s
nužnim zahtjevima i ostalim važećim odredbama Direktive 1999/5/EZ.
Kupci mogu preuzeti kopiju originalne izjave o sukladnosti za naše R&TTE
proizvode s našeg poslužitelja za izjave o sukladnosti:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Kontakt ovlaštenog predstavnika:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonicov centar za ispitivanje,
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Njemačka
Ovaj je proizvod namijenjen komercijalnoj uporabi. (Kategorija 3)
Ovaj je proizvod namjerno povezan s pristupnom točkom od 2,4 GHz WLAN.


• U slučaju nepravilne zamjene baterije postoji opasnost od eksplozije. Baterije zamijenite
isključivo onom vrstom koju preporučuje proizvođač.
• Ako želite odložiti baterije, obratite se nadležnim lokalnim tijelima ili dobavljačima i
raspitajte se o pravilnom načinu odlaganja.
Nemojte zagrijavati ni izlagati otvorenom plamenu.
Ne ostavljajte baterije izložene izravnoj sunčevoj svjetlosti dulje vrijeme u vozilu sa
zatvorenim vratima i prozorima.

Rizik od požara, eksplozija i opeklina. Bateriju nemojte rastavljati, zagrijavati je na
temperaturu višoj od 60 °C ili paliti.

• Upotrebljavajte isključivo isporučeni USB-kabel ili originalni Panasonicov USB-kabel (DMW-
USBC1, neobavezan).
• Upotrebljavajte HDMI-mikrokabel visoke brzine s HDMI-logotipom.
Kabeli koji nisu u skladu s HDMI-standardom neće raditi.
HDMI-mikrokabel visoke brzine (Utikač Tip D-Tip A, duljine do 2 m)
• Upotrebljavajte isključivo isporučeni prilagodnik za izmjeničnu struju.
• Uvijek upotrebljavajte originalni Panasonicov AV-kabel (DMW-AVC1: neobavezan).
 
 

• Memorijsku karticu čuvajte van dohvata djece da je ne bi progutala.


• Ako se uređajem koristite na TV-prijamniku ili blizu TV-prijamnika, elektromagnetsko bi
zračenje moglo štetno utjecati na sliku i/ili zvuk.
• Uređajem se nemojte koristiti u blizini mobitela jer bi se mogle pojaviti smetnje nepovoljna
utjecaja na slike i/ili zvuk.
• Jaka magnetska polja zvučnika ili velikih motora mogu oštetiti snimljene podatke ili izobličiti
slike.
• Elektromagnetsko zračenje može štetno utjecati na uređaj te može doći do izobličenja slike
i/ili zvuka.
• Ako na uređaj nepovoljno utječe elektromagnetska oprema te on prestane ispravno
funkcionirati, isključite uređaj i izvadite bateriju ili iskopčajte prilagodnik za izmjeničnu struju.
Nakon toga, ponovno umetnite bateriju ili ponovno spojite prilagodnik za izmjeničnu struju
te uključite uređaj.

• Snimanje u blizini radioodašiljača ili vodova pod visokim naponom moglo bi štetno djelovati
na snimljene fotograje i/ili zvuk.
 
 
 
 
 
 


 

 
 
 



• Uslijed djelovanja elektromagnetskog zračenja, statičkog elektriciteta ili kvara na
fotoaparatu ili kartici, može doći do oštećenja podataka na ugrađenoj memoriji i kartici.
Preporučujemo da važne podatke pohranite na računalu i sl.
• Karticu nemojte formatirati na računalu ili drugim uređajima. Formatirajte je isključivo na
fotoaparatu da biste omogućili pravilan rad.


Brojevi dijelova važeći su od siječnja 2015. Podložni su promjenama.
 (DMW-BCM13E) 
(VSK0775)
 (K1HY08YY0037)
(VFC4737-A)
• Ako izgubite isporučeni pribor, obratite se dobavljaču ili Panasonicu. (Pribor možete kupiti
odvojeno.)

Centar za korisničku podršku
• Za korisnike u Ujedinjenom Kraljevstvu: 0844 844 3899
• Za korisnike u Irskoj: 01 289 8333
• Od ponedjeljka do petka, 9 - 17 sati (osim državnih praznika).
• Informacije o dodatnoj podršci za svoj proizvod potražite na nem web-mjestu: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direktna prodaja za Panasonic UK
• Naručite dodatni pribor i potrošne predmete za svoj proizvod, jednostavno i s povjerenjem,
pozivanjem našeg Centra za korisničku podršku od ponedjeljka do petka od 9:00 do 17:00 sati
(osim državnih praznika).
• Možete i ispuniti našu narudžbenicu za dodatni pribor na internetu na stranici www.pas-europe.com.
• Primamo većinu kreditnih i debitnih kartica.
• Sve upite, transakcije i uvjete distribucije pruža direktno Panasonic UK.
• Ne može biti jednostavnije!
• Putem našeg web-mjesta možete izravno kupovati i širok raspon gotovih proizvoda. Pretražite
naše web-mjesto i saznajte više detalja.

Baterija: DMW-BCM13
USB-kabel: DMW-USBC1
AV-kabel: DMW-AVC1
• Pribor i/ili brojevi modela mogu se razlikovati u različitim državama. Obratite se dobavljaču.


• Provjerite je li fotoaparat isključen.

 
 

• Ako se monitor zakrene kako je
prikazano na slici, postavlja se način
rada za autoportret.

• S ovim fotoaparatom možete se koristiti sljedećim vrstama memorijskih kartica koje su
usklađene sa standardom SD. (Te se memorijske kartice u tekstu nazivaju .)





 






• Nemojte stavljati prste na
bljeskalicu, pomoćnu lampicu
za automatski fokus, mikrofon,
zvučnik, objektiv itd.
Navoj za tronožac
Možda neće biti moguće
pričvrstiti i sigurno učvrstiti
tronožac s pomoću vijka duljine
5,5 mm ili više na fotoaparat. U
suprotnom biste mogli oštetiti
fotoaparat.
Možda nećete moći ispravno
pričvrstiti neke vrste tronožaca.



 

 
 
 
 

• Baterija se zagrijava za vrijeme uporabe te za vrijeme i nakon punjenja. Fotoaparat se
također zagrijava tijekom uporabe. Nije riječ o kvaru.
 

• Spremite bateriju na hladno i suho mjesto s relativno stabilnom temperaturom: [Preporučena
temperatura: od 15 °C do 25 °C; preporučena vlaga: 40 % do 60 % relativne vlažnosti]
  Pri spremanju
baterije na dulje vrijeme preporujemo da je napunite jednom godišnje. Izvadite bateriju iz
fotoaparata i ponovno je spremite nakon što se sasvim isprazni.





























Web-mjesto: http://panasonic.hr
© Panasonic Corporation 2015.
Model s oznakom "EB" odnosi se na model za Ujedinjeno Kraljevstvo.
Proizvođač: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Uvoznik za Europu: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonicov centar za ispitivanje
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Njemačka

ovom vam prilikom zahvaljujemo na kupnji Panasonicova digitalnog fotoaparata.
Pozorno pročitajte ove upute za uporabu i zadržite ih za buduću uporabu. Uzmite u
obzir da se upravljačke tipke i dijelovi, stavke izbornika itd. na digitalnom fotoaparatu u
stvarnosti mogu razlikovati od onih prikazanih u ovim uputama za uporabu.

Snimanje prethodno snimljenih kaseta ili diskova te ostalog objavljenog ili emitiranog
materijala za potrebe koje se ne odnose na vašu privatnu uporabu može dovesti do
kršenja autorskih prava. Snimanje određenog materijala može biti zabranjeno, čak i
u privatne svrhe.



 
 
 
 
Strujna utičnica mora biti blizu opreme i lako dostupna.

 
Digitalni fotoaparat Dno
Detaljnije upute za uporabu nalaze se u "Uputama za uporabu naprednih značajki (u PDF-
formatu)". Da biste ih pročitali, preuzmite ih s web-mjesta.




• Kliknite na željeni jezik.
* Morate imati Adobe Reader da biste pretraživali i ispisali Upute za uporabu (u PDF-
formatu). Preuzmite i instalirajte inačicu programa Adobe Reader kojom je moguće
koristiti se s vašim operacijskim sustavom sa sljedećeg web-mjesta. (Od siječnja 2015.)

Ovi simboli označavaju da se električni i
elektronički otpad i dotrajale baterije trebaju
odlagati odvojeno od ostalog otpada.
Detaljnije informacije nalaze se u "Uputama za
uporabu naprednih značajki (u PDF-formatu)”.

Web-mjesto: http://www.panasonic.hr















• Kada ne upotrebljavate
ovaj uređaj, monitor
u potpunosti vratite u
izvorni položaj.
Lagano okrenite donji
dio monitora da biste
ga otvorili.
Podesite kut
monitora.



Snimanje objekata uz postavke koje fotoaparat automatski određuje.

Snimanje objekata prema vašim postavkama.

Brzina zatvarača automatski se određuje prema vrijednosti otvora blende koju postavite.

Vrijednost otvora blende automatski se određuje prema vrijednosti brzine zatvarača
koju postavite.

Ekspozicija se podešava prema vrijednosti otvora blende i brzini zatvarača koji se
podešavaju ručno.

Snimanje fotograja s pomoću prethodno registriranih postavki.

Način za snimanje panoramskih fotograja.
Ovaj vam način rada omogućuje odabir između 13 efekata slike uključujući [Old
Days] (Stari dani), [High Key] (Svijetli tonovi) i [Dynamic Monochrome] (Dinamički
monokromatski efekt).

Snimanje fotograja koje odgovaraju uvjetima scene koja se snima.
Ovaj vam način rada omogućuje odabir između 15 scena uključujući [Portrait]
(Portret), [Scenery] (Krajolik) i [Starry Sky] (Zvjezdano nebo).

Snimanje uz provjeru efekta slike.
Ovaj vam način rada omogućuje odabir između 15 efekata slike uključujući [Old
Days] (Stari dani), [High Key] (Svijetli tonovi) i [Dynamic Monochrome] (Dinamički
monokromatski efekt).


Ovaj način preporučuje se početnicima ili ako želite prepustiti odabir postavki
fotoaparatu i ležerno fotograrati.

• Postavite funkcijski kotačić na [ ].

• Pritisnite okidač dopola da biste fokusirali i
zatim ga pritisnite do kraja (pritisnite ga dalje)
da biste snimili fotograju

Kada fotoaparat prepozna optimalnu scenu, ikona predmetne scene pojavljuje se u plavoj boji
na 2 sekunde, nakon čega se vraća na uobičajenu crvenu boju.
[i-Portrait] (i-Portret) [i-Scenery] (i-Krajolik)
[i-Macro] (i-Makro) [i-Night Portrait] (i-Noćni portret)*
1
[i-Night Scenery] (i-Noćni krajolik) [iHandheld Night Shot]
(i-Noćno snimanje bez tronošca)*
2
[i-Sunset] (i-Zalazak sunca)
*1 Prikazuje se samo kada je bljeskalica postavljena na [ ].
*2 Prikazuje se samo kada je [iHandheld Night Shot] postavljeno na [ON].






Zumira bez smanjenja kvalitete slike.


Ova funkcija radi kada se odabere veličina slike označena ikonom .
Možete dodatno uvećati zum s pomoću optičkog zuma bez smanjenja kvalitete slike.

(To uključuje uvećanje optičkog zuma. Razina uvećanja ovisi o postavkama funkcije
[Picture Size] (Veličina slike).)

Uključen je kada je [i.Zoom] u izborniku [Rec] (Snimanje) postavljen na [ON] (Uklj.).
Možete dvostruko uvećati zum s minimalnim smanjenjem kvalitete slike.

Ova funkcija radi kada je [Digital Zoom] (Digitalni zum) u izborniku [Rec] postavljen na [ON] (Uklj.).
(DMC-TZ57)
Iako se kvaliteta slike smanjuje što više zumirate, zum možete uvećati do četiri puta originalnog
povećanja zuma.
(DMC-TZ58)
Iako se kvaliteta slike smanjuje što više zumirate, zum možete uvećati do dva puta originalnog
povećanja zuma.

Funkcije i postavke možete mijenjati s pomoću ▲/▼/◄/►
i [MENU/SET]. (Ovisno o načinu snimanja, neke funkcije i
postavke neće biti dostupne.)
Prikazan je zaslon za postavljanje kompenzacije ekspozicije ili uzastopnog
snimanja s različitim ekspozicijama.
Prikazan je zaslon za postavljanje makro načina rada.
[ ]([AF Macro] (Makro s auto. fokusom)/[ ][Macro Zoom] (Makro sa
zumom))/[OFF] (Isklj.)
Prikazan je zaslon za postavljanje automatskog okidača.
[ ]([10sek]/[ ]([2sek])[OFF] (Isklj.)
Prikazan je zaslon za postavljanje bljeskalice.
[ ]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye] (Auto./Uklanjanje efekta
crvenih očiju))/[ ]([Forced Flash On] (Bljeskalica uvijek uklj.))/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye] (Spora sinkronizacija/Uklanjanje efekta crvenih
očiju))/[ ]([Forced Flash Off] (Bljeskalica uvijek isklj.))
Prikazuje se zaslon s izbornicima.
Ova je radnja dostupna i tijekom reprodukcije.


Podaci o fotograji snimljenoj fotoaparatom spremaju se u veličini do otprilike 16 milijuna
piksela. Što je manji broj piksela, to će broj raspoloživih fotograja biti veći.
• Kvaliteta [ ]
   
Ugrađena memorija (otprilike 78 MB) 14 50 155
Kartica (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400

Postavite brzinu kompresije kojom se pohranjuju fotograje.
 
[ ] ([Fine]) (Poboljšana) Kada prioritet ima kvaliteta fotograje
[ ] ([Standard])
(Standardna)
Kada se upotrebljava standardna kvaliteta fotograje i povava
broj fotograja koje se mogu snimiti bez promjene broja piksela

Ova funkcija omogućuje podešavanje optimalne osjetljivosti na svjetlost (ISO-osjetljivost).
Postavljanjem na veću vrijednost omogućuje se snimanje fotograja čak i u mračnim
prostorima, bez straha da će fotograje ispasti tamne.
 
Lokacija snimanja
(preporučeno)
Svijetla (na otvorenom) Tamna
Brzina zatvarača Spora Brza
Smetnje Manje Povećano
Podrhtavanje objekta Povećano Manje

Fotograje možete snimiti s datumom i vremenom snimanja.
 
 Ispisuje godinu, mjesec i dan.
 Ispisuje godinu, mjesec, dan, sat i minute.


Ovim se uređajem snimaju videozapisi u formatu MP4.

Moguće je snimanje videozapisa koji
odgovaraju svakom načinu snimanja.
(Videozapise nije moguće snimati u načinu
panoramskog snimanja.)

Pokazatelj snimanja (crveno) treperit će
tijekom snimanja videozapisa.
Zaustavite snimanje ponovnim pritiskom
gumba za videozapise.
• Tijekom snimanja videozapisa moguće je snimati i fotograje potpunim pritiskom na okidač.
(Istovremeno snimanje)*
* Istovremeno snimanje neće biti moguće u sljedećim slučajevima:
– Kada je [Rec Quality] (Kvaliteta snimanja) postavljena na [VGA]
– kad je postavljeno [Miniature Effect] (Efekt minijature) u načinu kreativnog upravljanja

Kvaliteta snimanja videozapisa može se mijenjati u [Rec Quality] (Kvaliteta snimanja) u
izborniku [Motion Picture] (Videozapis).
  




[FHD] 1920x1080
25p
20 Mb/s
16:9
[HD] 1280x720 10 Mb/s
[VGA] 640x480 4 Mb/s 4:3
Pri snimanju na ugrađenu memoriju [Rec Quality] (Kvaliteta snimanja) ksno je postavljen na [VGA].
• Maksimalno raspoloživo vrijeme neprekinutog snimanja videozapisa iznosi 29 minuta i 59
sekundi, što odgovara veličini datoteke od otprilike 4 GB.
Raspoloživo vrijeme snimanja možete provjeriti na zaslonu. (Kod [FHD] datoteka će biti
veća pa će raspoloživo vrijeme snimanja iznositi manje od 29 minuta i 59 sekundi.)

• Dodatni optki zum i inteligentni zum ne mogu se upotrebljavati tijekom snimanja videozapisa.
• Kut snimanja može se značajno izmijeniti kod pokretanja ili završetka snimanja ako koristite
dodatni optički zum ili inteligentni zum.
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ55
DMC-TZ56
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2014
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
VQT5H27
F0114MG0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ55
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ55&dest=EB
DMC-TZ56
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ56&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2014)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ55 DMC-TZ56
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2014. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator/
AF Assist Lamp
6 Camera [ON/OFF] button
7 [Wi-Fi] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button/
[ ] (Delete/Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
A tripod with a screw length of
5.5 mm (0.22 inch) or more
may damage this unit if
attached.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods
properly.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
(gold terminal)
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image
quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the
deterioration of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16M (4:3) 3M (4:3) 0.3M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 70 MB) 12 60 420
Card (2 GB) 335 1600 11100
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
until
2014/04/25
VQT5H27~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年1月22日 水曜日 午後5時46
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ55
DMC-TZ56
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2014
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
VQT5H27
F0114MG0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ55
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ55&dest=EB
DMC-TZ56
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ56&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2014)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ55 DMC-TZ56
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2014. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator/
AF Assist Lamp
6 Camera [ON/OFF] button
7 [Wi-Fi] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button/
[ ] (Delete/Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
A tripod with a screw length of
5.5 mm (0.22 inch) or more
may damage this unit if
attached.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods
properly.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
(gold terminal)
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image
quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the
deterioration of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16M (4:3) 3M (4:3) 0.3M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 70 MB) 12 60 420
Card (2 GB) 335 1600 11100
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
until
2014/04/25
VQT5H27~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年1月22日 水曜日 午後5時46




U utičnicu


Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ55
DMC-TZ56
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2014
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
VQT5H27
F0114MG0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ55
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ55&dest=EB
DMC-TZ56
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ56&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2014)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ55 DMC-TZ56
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2014. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator/
AF Assist Lamp
6 Camera [ON/OFF] button
7 [Wi-Fi] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button/
[ ] (Delete/Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
A tripod with a screw length of
5.5 mm (0.22 inch) or more
may damage this unit if
attached.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods
properly.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
(gold terminal)
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image
quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the
deterioration of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16M (4:3) 3M (4:3) 0.3M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 70 MB) 12 60 420
Card (2 GB) 335 1600 11100
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
until
2014/04/25
VQT5H27~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年1月22日 水曜日 午後5時46
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ57
DMC-TZ58
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2015
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
SQT0598
F0115HH0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ57
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ57&dest=EB
DMC-TZ58
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ58&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2015)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ57 DMC-TZ58
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2015. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Standard Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator
AF Assist Lamp
6 [Wi-Fi] button
7 Camera [ON/OFF] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button
[ ] (Delete) button
[ ] (Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
Check that the camera is turned off.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
It may not be possible to attach
and securely fasten a tripod
with a screw length of 5.5 mm
(0.22 inch) or more to the
camera. Doing so may also
damage the camera.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods properly.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the deterioration
of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
(DMC-TZ57)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
(DMC-TZ58)
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
twice the original zoom magnification.
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
This unit can record motion pictures in MP4 format.
Still pictures can be taken during motion picture recording by pressing the shutter button.
(Simultaneous recording)
¢
¢ Simultaneous recording is not possible in the following cases:
When [Rec Quality] is set to [VGA]
[Miniature Effect] (Creative Control Mode)
About the recording quality setting
The recording quality for motion pictures can be changed in [Rec Quality] of the [Motion Picture] menu.
When recording to the built-in memory, [Rec Quality] is fixed to [VGA].
The maximum continuous recordable time of a motion picture is 29 minutes and 59 seconds,
which is equivalent to a file size of approximately 4 GB.
You can check the recordable time on the screen. (With [FHD], the file size becomes larger,
causing the recordable time to become shorter than 29 minutes and 59 seconds)
About zooming while recording motion pictures
The Extra Optical Zoom and Intelligent Zoom cannot be used during the motion picture recording.
If you use Extra Optical Zoom or Intelligent Zoom, the angle of view may change drastically when
you start or finish recording a motion picture.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16 M (4:3) 3 M (4:3) 0.3 M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 78 MB) 14 50 155
Card (8 GB) 1300 5700 15400
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
Recording Motion Pictures
Mode dial
You can record motion pictures fitting each
Recording Mode.
(Motion pictures cannot be recorded in
Panorama Shot Mode.)
Motion picture button
The recording state indicator (red) will flash
while recording motion pictures.
Stop the recording by pressing the motion
picture button again.
Settings Size Frame rate Bit rate Aspect ratio
[FHD] 1920k1080
25p
20 Mbps
16:9
[HD] 1280k720 10 Mbps
[VGA] 640k480 4 Mbps 4:3
R
1
m
07
s
R
1
m
07
s
3
s
3
s
until
2015/03/11
SQT0598~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年12月17日 水曜日 午後8時39分
Da biste spriječili
da vam fotoaparat
ispadne, obavezno
pričvrstite
isporučenu vrpcu
i namjestite je oko
zgloba ruke.
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ55
DMC-TZ56
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2014
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
VQT5H27
F0114MG0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ55
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ55&dest=EB
DMC-TZ56
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ56&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2014)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ55 DMC-TZ56
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2014. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator/
AF Assist Lamp
6 Camera [ON/OFF] button
7 [Wi-Fi] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button/
[ ] (Delete/Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
A tripod with a screw length of
5.5 mm (0.22 inch) or more
may damage this unit if
attached.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods
properly.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
(gold terminal)
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image
quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the
deterioration of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
Changing Functions and Settings
3
(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16M (4:3) 3M (4:3) 0.3M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 70 MB) 12 60 420
Card (2 GB) 335 1600 11100
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
until
2014/04/25
VQT5H27~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年1月22日 水曜日 午後5時46
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ55
DMC-TZ56
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2014
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
VQT5H27
F0114MG0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ55
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ55&dest=EB
DMC-TZ56
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ56&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2014)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ55 DMC-TZ56
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2014. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator/
AF Assist Lamp
6 Camera [ON/OFF] button
7 [Wi-Fi] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button/
[ ] (Delete/Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
A tripod with a screw length of
5.5 mm (0.22 inch) or more
may damage this unit if
attached.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods
properly.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
(gold terminal)
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image
quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the
deterioration of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16M (4:3) 3M (4:3) 0.3M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 70 MB) 12 60 420
Card (2 GB) 335 1600 11100
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
until
2014/04/25
VQT5H27~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年1月22日 水曜日 午後5時46
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ55
DMC-TZ56
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2014
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
VQT5H27
F0114MG0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ55
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ55&dest=EB
DMC-TZ56
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ56&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2014)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ55 DMC-TZ56
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2014. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator/
AF Assist Lamp
6 Camera [ON/OFF] button
7 [Wi-Fi] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button/
[ ] (Delete/Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
A tripod with a screw length of
5.5 mm (0.22 inch) or more
may damage this unit if
attached.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods
properly.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
(gold terminal)
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image
quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the
deterioration of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2
(
ë
)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16M (4:3) 3M (4:3) 0.3M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 70 MB) 12 60 420
Card (2 GB) 335 1600 11100
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
until
2014/04/25
VQT5H27~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年1月22日 水曜日 午後5時46
Basic Operating
Instructions
Digital Camera
Model No. DMC-TZ55
DMC-TZ56
Please read these instructions carefully before using this product, and save this manual
for future use.
ENGLISH
Panasonic Corporation
Web Site: http://panasonic.net
Panasonic Corporation 2014
Model number suffix “EB” denotes UK model.
Web Site: http://www.panasonic.com
EU
VQT5H27
F0114MG0
EB
Dear Customer,
We would like to take this opportunity to thank you for purchasing this Panasonic Digital
Camera. Please read these Operating Instructions carefully and keep them handy for
future reference. Please note that the actual controls and components, menu items, etc.
of your Digital Camera may look somewhat different from those shown in the
illustrations in these Operating Instructions.
Carefully observe copyright laws.
Recording of pre-recorded tapes or discs or other published or broadcast material for
purposes other than your own private use may infringe copyright laws. Even for the purpose
of private use, recording of certain material may be restricted.
Product identification marking
More detailed operating instructions are available in “Operating Instructions for advanced
features (PDF format)”. To read it, download it from the website.
DMC-TZ55
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ55&dest=EB
DMC-TZ56
http://panasonic.jp/support/dsc/oi/index.html?model=DMC-TZ56&dest=EG
Click the desired language.
¢ You will need Adobe Reader to browse or print the Operating Instructions (PDF format).
You can download and install a version of Adobe Reader that you can use with your OS
from the following website. (As of January 2014)
http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.html
Information for Your Safety
WARNING:
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not expose this unit to rain, moisture, dripping or splashing.
Use only the recommended accessories.
Do not remove covers.
Do not repair this unit by yourself. Refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
The socket outlet shall be installed near the equipment and shall be easily
accessible.
Product Location
Digital Camera Bottom
Manufactured by: Panasonic Corporation
Kadoma, Osaka, Japan
Importer for Europe: Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH
Panasonic Testing Centre
Winsbergring 15, 22525 Hamburg, Germany
DMC-TZ55 DMC-TZ56
About the AC adaptor (supplied)
The unit is in the standby condition when the AC adaptor is connected. The primary circuit is
always “live” as long as the AC adaptor is connected to an electrical outlet.
About the battery pack
Do not heat or expose to flame.
Do not leave the battery(ies) in a car exposed to direct sunlight for a long period of time with
doors and windows closed.
Do not use any other USB connection cables except the supplied one or a genuine
Panasonic USB connection cable (DMW-USBC1: optional).
Use a “High Speed HDMI micro cable” with the HDMI logo.
Cables that do not comply with the HDMI standards will not work.
“High Speed HDMI micro cable” (Type DType A plug, up to 2 m (6.6 feet) long)
Do not use any other AC adaptors except the supplied one.
Always use a genuine Panasonic AV cable (DMW-AVC1: optional).
Always use genuine Panasonic batteries (DMW-BCM13E).
If you use other batteries, we cannot guarantee the quality of this product.
Keep the Memory Card out of reach of children to prevent swallowing.
Keep this unit as far away as possible from electromagnetic equipment (such as
microwave ovens, TVs, video games etc.).
If you use this unit on top of or near a TV, the pictures and/or sound on this unit may be
disrupted by electromagnetic wave radiation.
Do not use this unit near cell phones because doing so may result in noise adversely
affecting the pictures and/or sound.
Recorded data may be damaged, or pictures may be distorted, by strong magnetic fields
created by speakers or large motors.
Electromagnetic wave radiation may adversely affect this unit, disturbing the pictures and/or sound.
If this unit is adversely affected by electromagnetic equipment and stops functioning properly,
turn this unit off and remove the battery or disconnect AC adaptor. Then reinsert the battery
or reconnect AC adaptor and turn this unit on.
Do not use this unit near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines.
If you record near radio transmitters or high-voltage lines, the recorded pictures and/or sound
may be adversely affected.
Before cleaning the camera, remove the battery or disconnect the power plug from the
outlet.
Do not press the monitor with excessive force.
Do not press the lens with excessive force.
Do not spray the camera with insecticides or volatile chemicals.
Do not keep rubber or plastic products in contact with the camera for a long period of
time.
Do not use solvents such as benzine, thinner, alcohol, kitchen detergents, etc., to
clean the camera, since it may deteriorate the external case or the coating may peel
off.
Do not leave the camera with the lens facing the sun, as rays of light from the sun may
cause it to malfunction.
Always use the supplied cords and cables.
Do not extend the cords or the cables.
During access (image writing, reading and deleting, formatting etc.), do not turn this
unit off, remove the battery, card or disconnect the AC adaptor (supplied).
Furthermore, do not subject the camera to vibration, impact or static electricity.
The data on the built-in memory or the card may be damaged or lost due to electromagnetic
waves, static electricity or breakdown of the camera or the card. We recommend storing
important data on a PC etc.
Do not format the card on your PC or other equipment. Format it on the camera only to
ensure proper operation.
CAUTION!
To reduce the risk of fire, electric shock or product damage,
Do not install or place this unit in a bookcase, built-in cabinet or in another
confined space. Ensure this unit is well ventilated.
Declaration of Conformity (DoC)
Hereby, Panasonic Corporation” declares that this product is in compliance with the
essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
Customers can download a copy of the original DoC of our R&TTE products from
our DoC server:
http://www.doc.panasonic.de
Address of Authorized Representative:
Panasonic Marketing Europe GmbH, Panasonic Testing Centre, Winsbergring 15,
22525 Hamburg, Germany
This product is intended for general consumer. (Category 3)
Purpose of this product is to connect to access point of 2.4 GHz WLAN.
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the type
recommended by the manufacturer.
When disposing of the batteries, please contact your local authorities or dealer and ask
for the correct method of disposal.
Warning
Risk of fire, explosion and burns. Do not disassemble, heat above 60 xC or
incinerate.
Cautions for Use
The battery is not charged when the camera is shipped. Charge the battery before use.
Charge the battery only when it is inserted in the camera.
Do not remove or damage the external label on the battery.
The battery is a rechargeable lithium ion battery. If the temperature is too high or too
low, the operating time of the battery will become shorter.
The battery becomes warm after using and during and after charging. The camera also
becomes warm during use. This is not a malfunction.
Do not leave any metal items (such as clips) near the contact areas of the power plug
or near the batteries.
Store the battery in a cool and dry place with a relatively stable temperature: [Recommended
temperature: 15 oC to 25 oC (59 oF to 77 oF), Recommended humidity: 40%RH to 60%RH]
Do not store the battery for a long time while fully charged. When storing the battery for
a long period of time, we recommend charging it once a year. Remove the battery from the
camera and store it again after it has completely discharged.
Check that all the accessories are supplied before using the camera.
Product numbers correct as of January 2014. These may be subject to change.
Consult the dealer or Panasonic if you lose the supplied accessories. (You can purchase the
accessories separately.)
Sales and Support Information
Customer Communications Centre
For customers within the UK: 0844 844 3899
For customers within Ireland: 01 289 8333
Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
For further support on your product, please visit our website: www.panasonic.co.uk
Direct Sales at Panasonic UK
Order accessory and consumable items for your product with ease and confidence by phoning our
Customer
Communications
Centre Monday Friday 9:00 am 5:00 pm (Excluding public holidays).
Or go on line through our Internet Accessory ordering application at www.pas-europe.com.
Most major credit and debit cards accepted.
All enquiries transactions and distribution facilities are provided directly by Panasonic UK.
It couldn’t be simpler!
Also available through our Internet is direct shopping for a wide range of finished products. Take a
browse on our website for further details.
Accessories and/or model numbers may vary between countries. Consult your local dealer.
These symbols indicate separate collection of
waste electrical and electronic equipment or
waste batteries.
More detailed information is contained in
“Operating Instructions for advanced features
(PDF format)”.
Accessories
Battery Pack (DMW-BCM13E) AC Adaptor (VSK0775)
USB Connection Cable (K1HY08YY0037)
Hand Strap (VFC4737-A)
Optional Accessories
Battery Pack: DMW-BCM13
USB Connection Cable: DMW-USBC1
AV Cable: DMW-AVC1
Names of Main Parts
1 Shutter button
2 Mode dial
3 Zoom lever
4 Flash
5 Self-timer indicator/
AF Assist Lamp
6 Camera [ON/OFF] button
7 [Wi-Fi] button
8 Microphone
9 Speaker
: Lens
; Lens barrel
< Lens barrier
= Charging lamp
Wi-Fi
®
connection lamp
> Monitor
? [EXPOSURE] button
@ [MENU/SET] button
A [DISP.] button
B Strap eyelet
C [HDMI] socket
D [AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
E Motion picture button
F [(] (Playback) button
G Cursor buttons
3(
È
)/4(#)/2(ë)/1()
H [Q.MENU] button/
[ ] (Delete/Cancel) button
Adjusting the monitor angle
Be careful not to catch your finger, etc. in the monitor.
When rotating the monitor, be careful not to apply too much force or drop the camera.
This may cause scratches and malfunctions.
If the monitor is rotated as shown in
the illustration, the Self Shot Mode
starts.
When charging is complete, the charging lamp will go off - then you may disconnect
the camera from the power outlet or computer.
I Tripod mount
J Card/Battery door
K Release lever
1 Flip up the bottom of
the monitor lightly to
open.
2 Adjust the angle of
the monitor.
When closing
When not using this unit,
close the monitor
completely back to the
original position.
Preparations
SD Memory Card (optional)
The following cards, which conform to the SD standard, can be used with this unit.
(These cards are indicated as card in the text.)
SD Memory Card (8 MB to 2 GB)
SDHC Memory Card (4 GB to 32 GB)
SDXC Memory Card (48 GB, 64 GB)
Charging time Approx. 210 min
Tips for taking good pictures
Hold the camera gently with
both hands, keep your arms
still at your side and stand
with your feet slightly apart.
Be careful not to put your fingers
on the flash, AF assist lamp,
microphone, speaker or lens etc.
A Tripod mount
A tripod with a screw length of
5.5 mm (0.22 inch) or more
may damage this unit if
attached.
It may not be possible to attach
certain types of tripods
properly.
To power outlet
Battery Pack
USB
Connection
Cable
AC Adaptor
Strap eyelet
To prevent
dropping, be
sure to attach
the supplied
strap and fit it
to your wrist.
Charging lamp
Hand Strap
[AV OUT/DIGITAL] socket
(gold terminal)
Flash
Microphone
Lens
Speaker
AF Assist Lamp
List of Recording Modes
We recommend this mode for beginners or those who want to leave the settings to the
camera and record casually.
Scene Detection
When the camera identifies the optimum scene, the icon of the scene concerned is displayed
in blue for 2 seconds, after which its colour changes to the usual red.
Selecting the Recording Mode
Switching the mode by rotating the mode dial.
Rotate the mode dial slowly to select the desired
mode.
¦ Intelligent Auto Mode
The subjects are recorded using settings automatically selected by the camera.
Programme AE Mode
The subjects are recorded using your own settings.
Aperture-Priority AE Mode
The shutter speed is automatically determined by the aperture value you set.
Shutter-Priority AE Mode
The aperture value is automatically determined by the shutter speed you set.
Manual Exposure Mode
The exposure is adjusted by the aperture value and the shutter speed which are
manually adjusted.
Custom Mode
Use this mode to take pictures with previously registered settings.
Panorama Shot Mode
This mode allows you to take panorama pictures.
This mode allows you to select any of the 13 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Û Scene Mode
This mode allows you to take pictures that match the scene being recorded.
This mode allows you to select any of the 16 scenes including [Portrait],
[Scenery], and [Starry Sky].
Creative Control Mode
Record while checking the image effect.
This mode allows you to select any of the 15 image effects including [Old Days],
[High Key], and [Dynamic Monochrome].
Taking pictures using the automatic function
(Intelligent Auto Mode)
Mode dial
Set the mode dial to [ ].
Shutter button
Press the shutter button halfway to focus, and
then press the shutter button fully (push it in
further), and take the picture.
[i-Portrait] [i-Scenery]
[i-Macro] [i-Night Portrait]
¢1
[i-Night Scenery] [iHandheld Night Shot]
¢2
[i-Sunset]
¢1 Only displayed when the flash is set to [ ].
¢2 Only displayed when [iHandheld Night Shot] is set to [ON].
Functions and settings can be changed using 3/4/2/1
and [MENU/SET]. (Some functions and settings will not be
available for selection depending on the Recording Mode.)
[Picture Size]
A picture taken with the camera is saved as picture data of up to approximately 16 million pixels.
The smaller the number of pixels is, the greater the number of recordable pictures will be.
Quality [A]
[Quality]
Set the compression rate at which the pictures are to be stored.
[Sensitivity]
This allows the Sensitivity to light (ISO sensitivity) to be set. Setting to a higher figure enables
pictures to be taken even in dark places without the resulting pictures coming out dark.
[Date Stamp]
You can take a picture with date and time of recording.
Using the Zoom
To make subjects appear further away use (Wide):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Wide.
To make subjects appear closer use (Tele):
Rotate the zoom lever towards Tele.
Optical Zoom
Zooms in without deteriorating the image quality.
Maximum magnification: 20k
Extra Optical Zoom (EZ)
This function works when any of the picture sizes indicated with is selected.
You can zoom in further than you can with the Optical Zoom without deteriorating the image
quality.
Maximum magnification: 45k
(This includes the optical zoom magnification. The magnification level differs depending on
[Picture Size] setting.)
Intelligent Zoom
Enabled when [i.Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
You can zoom in up to twice the original zoom magnification while minimising the
deterioration of the image quality.
Digital Zoom
This function works when [Digital Zoom] in the [Rec] menu is set to [ON].
Although the image quality deteriorates every time you zoom in further, you can zoom in up to
four times the original zoom magnification.
Changing Functions and Settings
3(
È
) The exposure compensation or Auto Bracket setting screen is displayed.
4(#)
The macro setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([AF Macro])/[ ]([Macro Zoom])/[OFF]
2(ë)
The Self-Timer setting screen is displayed.
[ ]([10sec.])/[ ]([2sec.])/[OFF]
1()
The flash setting screen is displayed.
[]([Auto])/[ ]([iAuto])/[ ]([Auto/Red-Eye])/[]([Forced Flash On])/
[ ]([Slow Sync./Red-Eye])/[Œ]([Forced Flash Off])
The menu screen is displayed.
This operation is also available during playback.
Menus convenient for taking pictures
Save location 16M (4:3) 3M (4:3) 0.3M (4:3)
Built-in Memory (Approx. 70 MB) 12 60 420
Card (2 GB) 335 1600 11100
Settings Description of settings
[A] ([Fine]) When giving priority to the picture quality
[] ([Standard])
When using the standard picture quality and increasing the number
of pictures to be recorded without changing the number of pixels
[100] [3200]
Recording location
(recommended)
When it is light (outdoors) When it is dark
Shutter speed Slow Fast
Noise Less Increased
Jitter of the subject Increased Less
Settings Description of settings
[W/O TIME] Stamp the year, month, and day.
[WITH TIME] Stamp the year, month, day, hour, and minutes.
[OFF]
until
2014/04/25
VQT5H27~EB_mst.fm 1 ページ 2014年1月22日 水曜日 午後5時46

Summary of content (2 pages)